1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

32
Installation Instructions 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Catalog Number 1769-L31 Topic Page Important User Information 2 Environment and Enclosure Information 3 Prevent Electrostatic Discharge 4 North American Hazardous Location Approval 5 Before You Begin 6 Connect the 1769-BA Battery 7 Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional) 8 Assemble the System 9 Lock and mount 9 12 Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller 15 Load the Controller Firmware 19 Select the Controller’s Operating Mode 24 Specifications 28 Additional Resources 31

Transcript of 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Page 1: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Installation Instructions

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Catalog Number 1769-L31

Topic Page

Important User Information 2

Environment and Enclosure Information 3

Prevent Electrostatic Discharge 4

North American Hazardous Location Approval 5

Before You Begin 6

Connect the 1769-BA Battery 7

Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional) 8

Assemble the System 9

Lock and mount 9 12

Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller 15

Load the Controller Firmware 19

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode 24

Specifications 28

Additional Resources 31

2 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Important User Information

Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (Publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable

In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual

Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited

Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations

WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product

ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequences

Labels may be on or inside the equipment (for example drive or motor) to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present

Labels may be on or inside the equipment (for example drive or motor) to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures

SHOCK HAZARD

BURN HAZARD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 3

Environment and Enclosure Information

ATTENTION This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters (6562 feet) without deratingThis equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbanceThis equipment is supplied as open-type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The enclosure must have suitable flame-retardant properties to prevent or minimize the spread of flame complying with a flame spread rating of 5VA V2 V1 V0 (or equivalent) if non-metallic The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certificationsIn addition to this publication seebull Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication

1770-41 for additional installation requirements

bull NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

4 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Prevent Electrostatic Discharge

ATTENTION This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipmentbull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

WARNING If you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that the area is nonhazardous before proceeding For Safety information on the handling of lithium batteries including handling and disposal of leaking batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries publication AG 5-4

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 5

North American Hazardous Location Approval

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

The following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment unless

power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

6 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Before You BeginUse this document as a guide for installing the controller

Consider the following when planning your CompactLogix system

bull The CompactLogix controller is always the leftmost module in the system

bull The controller must be located within four modules of the system power supply Some IO modules may be located up to eight modules away from the power supply See the documentation for your 1769 IO modules for details

bull The 1769-L31 controller supports as many as 16 IO modules in a maximum of 3 IO banks with 2 expansion cables

bull Each IO bank requires its own power supplybull Only one controller can be used in a CompactLogix systembull A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap is required to

terminate the end of the communication bus

These components ship with the controller

You can also use these components with the controllerbull 1756-CP3 or 1747-CP3 serial cable to connect a device to the

RS-232 portbull 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 industrial CompactFlash card to add

nonvolatile memory

IMPORTANT The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controller

Component Description

1769-BA battery

1747-KY controller key

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 7

Connect the 1769-BA BatteryThe controller is shipped with the 1769-BA battery packed separately To connect the battery follow this procedure

1 Remove the battery door by sliding it forward

2 Insert the battery connector into the black receptacle on the board

The connector is keyed for installation with the correct polarity

ATTENTION The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controllers The 1747-BA battery is not compatible with the 1769-L31 controllers and can cause problems

WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceedingFor safety information on the handling of lithium batteries including handling and disposal of leaking batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries Technical Data publication AG-54

IMPORTANT Do not remove the plastic insulation covering the battery The insulation is necessary to protect the battery contacts

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

8 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

3 Insert the battery into the door as shown

4 Slide the battery door back until it clicks into position

Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)

The optional industrial CompactFlash card provides nonvolatile memory for a CompactLogix controller The card is not required for controller operation

Follow this procedure to install the card

1 Push the locking tab to the right

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 9

2 Insert the industrial CompactFlash card into the socket on the front of the controller noting that the label of the CompactFlash card faces toward the left

3 Match the orientation arrow on the card with the arrow on the front of the controller

4 To remove the CompactFlash card push the locking tab away from the CompactFlash card and pull the CompactFlash card from the socket

Assemble the SystemThe controller can be attached to an adjacent IO module or power supply before or after mounting

This procedure shows you how to install the controller in a CompactLogix system

1 Disconnect line power

WARNING The CompactLogix controller is not designed for removal and insertion under powerIf you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

10 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Check that the lever of the adjacent module (A) is in the unlocked (fully right) position

3 Use the upper and lower tongue-and-groove slots (B) to secure the modules together

4 Move the module back along the tongue-and-groove slots until the bus connectors line up with each other

5 Use your fingers or a small screwdriver to push the modulersquos bus lever back slightly to clear the positioning tab (C)

6 Move the modulersquos bus lever fully to the left (D) until it clicks being sure it is locked firmly in place

7 Attach an end cap terminator (E) to the last module in the system by using the tongue-and-groove slots as before

8 Lock the end cap bus terminator (F)

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

F

E

D

C

B

B

A

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 11

Mount the SystemMaintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways and adjacent equipment Allow 50 mm (2 in) of space on all sides as shown This provides ventilation and electrical isolation Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

IMPORTANT When mounting the CompactLogix system either use screws to panel mount system or use DIN rail Do not use both Use of both mounting methods may cause hardware damage and cause the system to fail

ATTENTION During panel or DIN rail mounting of all devices be sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized

Side

Top

Com

pact

Logi

x Co

ntro

ller

Pow

er S

uppl

y

End

Cap

50 (197)

50 (197)

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

50 (197)

Bottom

Side

50 (197)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 2: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Important User Information

Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (Publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable

In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual

Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited

Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations

WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product

ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequences

Labels may be on or inside the equipment (for example drive or motor) to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present

Labels may be on or inside the equipment (for example drive or motor) to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures

SHOCK HAZARD

BURN HAZARD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 3

Environment and Enclosure Information

ATTENTION This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters (6562 feet) without deratingThis equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbanceThis equipment is supplied as open-type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The enclosure must have suitable flame-retardant properties to prevent or minimize the spread of flame complying with a flame spread rating of 5VA V2 V1 V0 (or equivalent) if non-metallic The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certificationsIn addition to this publication seebull Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication

1770-41 for additional installation requirements

bull NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

4 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Prevent Electrostatic Discharge

ATTENTION This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipmentbull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

WARNING If you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that the area is nonhazardous before proceeding For Safety information on the handling of lithium batteries including handling and disposal of leaking batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries publication AG 5-4

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 5

North American Hazardous Location Approval

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

The following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment unless

power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

6 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Before You BeginUse this document as a guide for installing the controller

Consider the following when planning your CompactLogix system

bull The CompactLogix controller is always the leftmost module in the system

bull The controller must be located within four modules of the system power supply Some IO modules may be located up to eight modules away from the power supply See the documentation for your 1769 IO modules for details

bull The 1769-L31 controller supports as many as 16 IO modules in a maximum of 3 IO banks with 2 expansion cables

bull Each IO bank requires its own power supplybull Only one controller can be used in a CompactLogix systembull A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap is required to

terminate the end of the communication bus

These components ship with the controller

You can also use these components with the controllerbull 1756-CP3 or 1747-CP3 serial cable to connect a device to the

RS-232 portbull 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 industrial CompactFlash card to add

nonvolatile memory

IMPORTANT The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controller

Component Description

1769-BA battery

1747-KY controller key

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 7

Connect the 1769-BA BatteryThe controller is shipped with the 1769-BA battery packed separately To connect the battery follow this procedure

1 Remove the battery door by sliding it forward

2 Insert the battery connector into the black receptacle on the board

The connector is keyed for installation with the correct polarity

ATTENTION The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controllers The 1747-BA battery is not compatible with the 1769-L31 controllers and can cause problems

WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceedingFor safety information on the handling of lithium batteries including handling and disposal of leaking batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries Technical Data publication AG-54

IMPORTANT Do not remove the plastic insulation covering the battery The insulation is necessary to protect the battery contacts

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

8 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

3 Insert the battery into the door as shown

4 Slide the battery door back until it clicks into position

Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)

The optional industrial CompactFlash card provides nonvolatile memory for a CompactLogix controller The card is not required for controller operation

Follow this procedure to install the card

1 Push the locking tab to the right

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 9

2 Insert the industrial CompactFlash card into the socket on the front of the controller noting that the label of the CompactFlash card faces toward the left

3 Match the orientation arrow on the card with the arrow on the front of the controller

4 To remove the CompactFlash card push the locking tab away from the CompactFlash card and pull the CompactFlash card from the socket

Assemble the SystemThe controller can be attached to an adjacent IO module or power supply before or after mounting

This procedure shows you how to install the controller in a CompactLogix system

1 Disconnect line power

WARNING The CompactLogix controller is not designed for removal and insertion under powerIf you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

10 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Check that the lever of the adjacent module (A) is in the unlocked (fully right) position

3 Use the upper and lower tongue-and-groove slots (B) to secure the modules together

4 Move the module back along the tongue-and-groove slots until the bus connectors line up with each other

5 Use your fingers or a small screwdriver to push the modulersquos bus lever back slightly to clear the positioning tab (C)

6 Move the modulersquos bus lever fully to the left (D) until it clicks being sure it is locked firmly in place

7 Attach an end cap terminator (E) to the last module in the system by using the tongue-and-groove slots as before

8 Lock the end cap bus terminator (F)

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

F

E

D

C

B

B

A

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 11

Mount the SystemMaintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways and adjacent equipment Allow 50 mm (2 in) of space on all sides as shown This provides ventilation and electrical isolation Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

IMPORTANT When mounting the CompactLogix system either use screws to panel mount system or use DIN rail Do not use both Use of both mounting methods may cause hardware damage and cause the system to fail

ATTENTION During panel or DIN rail mounting of all devices be sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized

Side

Top

Com

pact

Logi

x Co

ntro

ller

Pow

er S

uppl

y

End

Cap

50 (197)

50 (197)

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

50 (197)

Bottom

Side

50 (197)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 3: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 3

Environment and Enclosure Information

ATTENTION This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters (6562 feet) without deratingThis equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbanceThis equipment is supplied as open-type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The enclosure must have suitable flame-retardant properties to prevent or minimize the spread of flame complying with a flame spread rating of 5VA V2 V1 V0 (or equivalent) if non-metallic The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certificationsIn addition to this publication seebull Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication

1770-41 for additional installation requirements

bull NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

4 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Prevent Electrostatic Discharge

ATTENTION This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipmentbull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

WARNING If you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that the area is nonhazardous before proceeding For Safety information on the handling of lithium batteries including handling and disposal of leaking batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries publication AG 5-4

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 5

North American Hazardous Location Approval

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

The following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment unless

power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

6 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Before You BeginUse this document as a guide for installing the controller

Consider the following when planning your CompactLogix system

bull The CompactLogix controller is always the leftmost module in the system

bull The controller must be located within four modules of the system power supply Some IO modules may be located up to eight modules away from the power supply See the documentation for your 1769 IO modules for details

bull The 1769-L31 controller supports as many as 16 IO modules in a maximum of 3 IO banks with 2 expansion cables

bull Each IO bank requires its own power supplybull Only one controller can be used in a CompactLogix systembull A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap is required to

terminate the end of the communication bus

These components ship with the controller

You can also use these components with the controllerbull 1756-CP3 or 1747-CP3 serial cable to connect a device to the

RS-232 portbull 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 industrial CompactFlash card to add

nonvolatile memory

IMPORTANT The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controller

Component Description

1769-BA battery

1747-KY controller key

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 7

Connect the 1769-BA BatteryThe controller is shipped with the 1769-BA battery packed separately To connect the battery follow this procedure

1 Remove the battery door by sliding it forward

2 Insert the battery connector into the black receptacle on the board

The connector is keyed for installation with the correct polarity

ATTENTION The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controllers The 1747-BA battery is not compatible with the 1769-L31 controllers and can cause problems

WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceedingFor safety information on the handling of lithium batteries including handling and disposal of leaking batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries Technical Data publication AG-54

IMPORTANT Do not remove the plastic insulation covering the battery The insulation is necessary to protect the battery contacts

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

8 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

3 Insert the battery into the door as shown

4 Slide the battery door back until it clicks into position

Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)

The optional industrial CompactFlash card provides nonvolatile memory for a CompactLogix controller The card is not required for controller operation

Follow this procedure to install the card

1 Push the locking tab to the right

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 9

2 Insert the industrial CompactFlash card into the socket on the front of the controller noting that the label of the CompactFlash card faces toward the left

3 Match the orientation arrow on the card with the arrow on the front of the controller

4 To remove the CompactFlash card push the locking tab away from the CompactFlash card and pull the CompactFlash card from the socket

Assemble the SystemThe controller can be attached to an adjacent IO module or power supply before or after mounting

This procedure shows you how to install the controller in a CompactLogix system

1 Disconnect line power

WARNING The CompactLogix controller is not designed for removal and insertion under powerIf you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

10 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Check that the lever of the adjacent module (A) is in the unlocked (fully right) position

3 Use the upper and lower tongue-and-groove slots (B) to secure the modules together

4 Move the module back along the tongue-and-groove slots until the bus connectors line up with each other

5 Use your fingers or a small screwdriver to push the modulersquos bus lever back slightly to clear the positioning tab (C)

6 Move the modulersquos bus lever fully to the left (D) until it clicks being sure it is locked firmly in place

7 Attach an end cap terminator (E) to the last module in the system by using the tongue-and-groove slots as before

8 Lock the end cap bus terminator (F)

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

F

E

D

C

B

B

A

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 11

Mount the SystemMaintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways and adjacent equipment Allow 50 mm (2 in) of space on all sides as shown This provides ventilation and electrical isolation Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

IMPORTANT When mounting the CompactLogix system either use screws to panel mount system or use DIN rail Do not use both Use of both mounting methods may cause hardware damage and cause the system to fail

ATTENTION During panel or DIN rail mounting of all devices be sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized

Side

Top

Com

pact

Logi

x Co

ntro

ller

Pow

er S

uppl

y

End

Cap

50 (197)

50 (197)

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

50 (197)

Bottom

Side

50 (197)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 4: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

4 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Prevent Electrostatic Discharge

ATTENTION This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipmentbull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static

bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap

bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards

bull Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment

bull Use a static-safe workstation if available

bull Store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging when not in use

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

WARNING If you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that the area is nonhazardous before proceeding For Safety information on the handling of lithium batteries including handling and disposal of leaking batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries publication AG 5-4

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 5

North American Hazardous Location Approval

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

The following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment unless

power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

6 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Before You BeginUse this document as a guide for installing the controller

Consider the following when planning your CompactLogix system

bull The CompactLogix controller is always the leftmost module in the system

bull The controller must be located within four modules of the system power supply Some IO modules may be located up to eight modules away from the power supply See the documentation for your 1769 IO modules for details

bull The 1769-L31 controller supports as many as 16 IO modules in a maximum of 3 IO banks with 2 expansion cables

bull Each IO bank requires its own power supplybull Only one controller can be used in a CompactLogix systembull A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap is required to

terminate the end of the communication bus

These components ship with the controller

You can also use these components with the controllerbull 1756-CP3 or 1747-CP3 serial cable to connect a device to the

RS-232 portbull 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 industrial CompactFlash card to add

nonvolatile memory

IMPORTANT The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controller

Component Description

1769-BA battery

1747-KY controller key

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 7

Connect the 1769-BA BatteryThe controller is shipped with the 1769-BA battery packed separately To connect the battery follow this procedure

1 Remove the battery door by sliding it forward

2 Insert the battery connector into the black receptacle on the board

The connector is keyed for installation with the correct polarity

ATTENTION The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controllers The 1747-BA battery is not compatible with the 1769-L31 controllers and can cause problems

WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceedingFor safety information on the handling of lithium batteries including handling and disposal of leaking batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries Technical Data publication AG-54

IMPORTANT Do not remove the plastic insulation covering the battery The insulation is necessary to protect the battery contacts

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

8 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

3 Insert the battery into the door as shown

4 Slide the battery door back until it clicks into position

Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)

The optional industrial CompactFlash card provides nonvolatile memory for a CompactLogix controller The card is not required for controller operation

Follow this procedure to install the card

1 Push the locking tab to the right

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 9

2 Insert the industrial CompactFlash card into the socket on the front of the controller noting that the label of the CompactFlash card faces toward the left

3 Match the orientation arrow on the card with the arrow on the front of the controller

4 To remove the CompactFlash card push the locking tab away from the CompactFlash card and pull the CompactFlash card from the socket

Assemble the SystemThe controller can be attached to an adjacent IO module or power supply before or after mounting

This procedure shows you how to install the controller in a CompactLogix system

1 Disconnect line power

WARNING The CompactLogix controller is not designed for removal and insertion under powerIf you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

10 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Check that the lever of the adjacent module (A) is in the unlocked (fully right) position

3 Use the upper and lower tongue-and-groove slots (B) to secure the modules together

4 Move the module back along the tongue-and-groove slots until the bus connectors line up with each other

5 Use your fingers or a small screwdriver to push the modulersquos bus lever back slightly to clear the positioning tab (C)

6 Move the modulersquos bus lever fully to the left (D) until it clicks being sure it is locked firmly in place

7 Attach an end cap terminator (E) to the last module in the system by using the tongue-and-groove slots as before

8 Lock the end cap bus terminator (F)

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

F

E

D

C

B

B

A

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 11

Mount the SystemMaintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways and adjacent equipment Allow 50 mm (2 in) of space on all sides as shown This provides ventilation and electrical isolation Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

IMPORTANT When mounting the CompactLogix system either use screws to panel mount system or use DIN rail Do not use both Use of both mounting methods may cause hardware damage and cause the system to fail

ATTENTION During panel or DIN rail mounting of all devices be sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized

Side

Top

Com

pact

Logi

x Co

ntro

ller

Pow

er S

uppl

y

End

Cap

50 (197)

50 (197)

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

50 (197)

Bottom

Side

50 (197)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 5: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 5

North American Hazardous Location Approval

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

The following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations

Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux

Products marked CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest T number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation

Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent quagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque didentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons deacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de linstallation

WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD -bull Do not disconnect equipment unless

power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous

bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product

bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2

bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous

AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSION ndash bull Couper le courant ou sassurer

que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement

bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit

bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2

bull Sassurer que lenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

6 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Before You BeginUse this document as a guide for installing the controller

Consider the following when planning your CompactLogix system

bull The CompactLogix controller is always the leftmost module in the system

bull The controller must be located within four modules of the system power supply Some IO modules may be located up to eight modules away from the power supply See the documentation for your 1769 IO modules for details

bull The 1769-L31 controller supports as many as 16 IO modules in a maximum of 3 IO banks with 2 expansion cables

bull Each IO bank requires its own power supplybull Only one controller can be used in a CompactLogix systembull A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap is required to

terminate the end of the communication bus

These components ship with the controller

You can also use these components with the controllerbull 1756-CP3 or 1747-CP3 serial cable to connect a device to the

RS-232 portbull 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 industrial CompactFlash card to add

nonvolatile memory

IMPORTANT The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controller

Component Description

1769-BA battery

1747-KY controller key

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 7

Connect the 1769-BA BatteryThe controller is shipped with the 1769-BA battery packed separately To connect the battery follow this procedure

1 Remove the battery door by sliding it forward

2 Insert the battery connector into the black receptacle on the board

The connector is keyed for installation with the correct polarity

ATTENTION The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controllers The 1747-BA battery is not compatible with the 1769-L31 controllers and can cause problems

WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceedingFor safety information on the handling of lithium batteries including handling and disposal of leaking batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries Technical Data publication AG-54

IMPORTANT Do not remove the plastic insulation covering the battery The insulation is necessary to protect the battery contacts

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

8 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

3 Insert the battery into the door as shown

4 Slide the battery door back until it clicks into position

Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)

The optional industrial CompactFlash card provides nonvolatile memory for a CompactLogix controller The card is not required for controller operation

Follow this procedure to install the card

1 Push the locking tab to the right

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 9

2 Insert the industrial CompactFlash card into the socket on the front of the controller noting that the label of the CompactFlash card faces toward the left

3 Match the orientation arrow on the card with the arrow on the front of the controller

4 To remove the CompactFlash card push the locking tab away from the CompactFlash card and pull the CompactFlash card from the socket

Assemble the SystemThe controller can be attached to an adjacent IO module or power supply before or after mounting

This procedure shows you how to install the controller in a CompactLogix system

1 Disconnect line power

WARNING The CompactLogix controller is not designed for removal and insertion under powerIf you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

10 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Check that the lever of the adjacent module (A) is in the unlocked (fully right) position

3 Use the upper and lower tongue-and-groove slots (B) to secure the modules together

4 Move the module back along the tongue-and-groove slots until the bus connectors line up with each other

5 Use your fingers or a small screwdriver to push the modulersquos bus lever back slightly to clear the positioning tab (C)

6 Move the modulersquos bus lever fully to the left (D) until it clicks being sure it is locked firmly in place

7 Attach an end cap terminator (E) to the last module in the system by using the tongue-and-groove slots as before

8 Lock the end cap bus terminator (F)

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

F

E

D

C

B

B

A

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 11

Mount the SystemMaintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways and adjacent equipment Allow 50 mm (2 in) of space on all sides as shown This provides ventilation and electrical isolation Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

IMPORTANT When mounting the CompactLogix system either use screws to panel mount system or use DIN rail Do not use both Use of both mounting methods may cause hardware damage and cause the system to fail

ATTENTION During panel or DIN rail mounting of all devices be sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized

Side

Top

Com

pact

Logi

x Co

ntro

ller

Pow

er S

uppl

y

End

Cap

50 (197)

50 (197)

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

50 (197)

Bottom

Side

50 (197)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 6: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Before You BeginUse this document as a guide for installing the controller

Consider the following when planning your CompactLogix system

bull The CompactLogix controller is always the leftmost module in the system

bull The controller must be located within four modules of the system power supply Some IO modules may be located up to eight modules away from the power supply See the documentation for your 1769 IO modules for details

bull The 1769-L31 controller supports as many as 16 IO modules in a maximum of 3 IO banks with 2 expansion cables

bull Each IO bank requires its own power supplybull Only one controller can be used in a CompactLogix systembull A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap is required to

terminate the end of the communication bus

These components ship with the controller

You can also use these components with the controllerbull 1756-CP3 or 1747-CP3 serial cable to connect a device to the

RS-232 portbull 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 industrial CompactFlash card to add

nonvolatile memory

IMPORTANT The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controller

Component Description

1769-BA battery

1747-KY controller key

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 7

Connect the 1769-BA BatteryThe controller is shipped with the 1769-BA battery packed separately To connect the battery follow this procedure

1 Remove the battery door by sliding it forward

2 Insert the battery connector into the black receptacle on the board

The connector is keyed for installation with the correct polarity

ATTENTION The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controllers The 1747-BA battery is not compatible with the 1769-L31 controllers and can cause problems

WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceedingFor safety information on the handling of lithium batteries including handling and disposal of leaking batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries Technical Data publication AG-54

IMPORTANT Do not remove the plastic insulation covering the battery The insulation is necessary to protect the battery contacts

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

8 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

3 Insert the battery into the door as shown

4 Slide the battery door back until it clicks into position

Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)

The optional industrial CompactFlash card provides nonvolatile memory for a CompactLogix controller The card is not required for controller operation

Follow this procedure to install the card

1 Push the locking tab to the right

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 9

2 Insert the industrial CompactFlash card into the socket on the front of the controller noting that the label of the CompactFlash card faces toward the left

3 Match the orientation arrow on the card with the arrow on the front of the controller

4 To remove the CompactFlash card push the locking tab away from the CompactFlash card and pull the CompactFlash card from the socket

Assemble the SystemThe controller can be attached to an adjacent IO module or power supply before or after mounting

This procedure shows you how to install the controller in a CompactLogix system

1 Disconnect line power

WARNING The CompactLogix controller is not designed for removal and insertion under powerIf you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

10 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Check that the lever of the adjacent module (A) is in the unlocked (fully right) position

3 Use the upper and lower tongue-and-groove slots (B) to secure the modules together

4 Move the module back along the tongue-and-groove slots until the bus connectors line up with each other

5 Use your fingers or a small screwdriver to push the modulersquos bus lever back slightly to clear the positioning tab (C)

6 Move the modulersquos bus lever fully to the left (D) until it clicks being sure it is locked firmly in place

7 Attach an end cap terminator (E) to the last module in the system by using the tongue-and-groove slots as before

8 Lock the end cap bus terminator (F)

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

F

E

D

C

B

B

A

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 11

Mount the SystemMaintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways and adjacent equipment Allow 50 mm (2 in) of space on all sides as shown This provides ventilation and electrical isolation Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

IMPORTANT When mounting the CompactLogix system either use screws to panel mount system or use DIN rail Do not use both Use of both mounting methods may cause hardware damage and cause the system to fail

ATTENTION During panel or DIN rail mounting of all devices be sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized

Side

Top

Com

pact

Logi

x Co

ntro

ller

Pow

er S

uppl

y

End

Cap

50 (197)

50 (197)

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

50 (197)

Bottom

Side

50 (197)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 7: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 7

Connect the 1769-BA BatteryThe controller is shipped with the 1769-BA battery packed separately To connect the battery follow this procedure

1 Remove the battery door by sliding it forward

2 Insert the battery connector into the black receptacle on the board

The connector is keyed for installation with the correct polarity

ATTENTION The 1769-BA battery is the only battery you can use with the 1769-L31 controllers The 1747-BA battery is not compatible with the 1769-L31 controllers and can cause problems

WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceedingFor safety information on the handling of lithium batteries including handling and disposal of leaking batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries Technical Data publication AG-54

IMPORTANT Do not remove the plastic insulation covering the battery The insulation is necessary to protect the battery contacts

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

8 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

3 Insert the battery into the door as shown

4 Slide the battery door back until it clicks into position

Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)

The optional industrial CompactFlash card provides nonvolatile memory for a CompactLogix controller The card is not required for controller operation

Follow this procedure to install the card

1 Push the locking tab to the right

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 9

2 Insert the industrial CompactFlash card into the socket on the front of the controller noting that the label of the CompactFlash card faces toward the left

3 Match the orientation arrow on the card with the arrow on the front of the controller

4 To remove the CompactFlash card push the locking tab away from the CompactFlash card and pull the CompactFlash card from the socket

Assemble the SystemThe controller can be attached to an adjacent IO module or power supply before or after mounting

This procedure shows you how to install the controller in a CompactLogix system

1 Disconnect line power

WARNING The CompactLogix controller is not designed for removal and insertion under powerIf you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

10 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Check that the lever of the adjacent module (A) is in the unlocked (fully right) position

3 Use the upper and lower tongue-and-groove slots (B) to secure the modules together

4 Move the module back along the tongue-and-groove slots until the bus connectors line up with each other

5 Use your fingers or a small screwdriver to push the modulersquos bus lever back slightly to clear the positioning tab (C)

6 Move the modulersquos bus lever fully to the left (D) until it clicks being sure it is locked firmly in place

7 Attach an end cap terminator (E) to the last module in the system by using the tongue-and-groove slots as before

8 Lock the end cap bus terminator (F)

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

F

E

D

C

B

B

A

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 11

Mount the SystemMaintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways and adjacent equipment Allow 50 mm (2 in) of space on all sides as shown This provides ventilation and electrical isolation Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

IMPORTANT When mounting the CompactLogix system either use screws to panel mount system or use DIN rail Do not use both Use of both mounting methods may cause hardware damage and cause the system to fail

ATTENTION During panel or DIN rail mounting of all devices be sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized

Side

Top

Com

pact

Logi

x Co

ntro

ller

Pow

er S

uppl

y

End

Cap

50 (197)

50 (197)

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

50 (197)

Bottom

Side

50 (197)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 8: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

8 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

3 Insert the battery into the door as shown

4 Slide the battery door back until it clicks into position

Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)

The optional industrial CompactFlash card provides nonvolatile memory for a CompactLogix controller The card is not required for controller operation

Follow this procedure to install the card

1 Push the locking tab to the right

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

WARNING When you insert or remove the CompactFlash Card while power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 9

2 Insert the industrial CompactFlash card into the socket on the front of the controller noting that the label of the CompactFlash card faces toward the left

3 Match the orientation arrow on the card with the arrow on the front of the controller

4 To remove the CompactFlash card push the locking tab away from the CompactFlash card and pull the CompactFlash card from the socket

Assemble the SystemThe controller can be attached to an adjacent IO module or power supply before or after mounting

This procedure shows you how to install the controller in a CompactLogix system

1 Disconnect line power

WARNING The CompactLogix controller is not designed for removal and insertion under powerIf you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

10 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Check that the lever of the adjacent module (A) is in the unlocked (fully right) position

3 Use the upper and lower tongue-and-groove slots (B) to secure the modules together

4 Move the module back along the tongue-and-groove slots until the bus connectors line up with each other

5 Use your fingers or a small screwdriver to push the modulersquos bus lever back slightly to clear the positioning tab (C)

6 Move the modulersquos bus lever fully to the left (D) until it clicks being sure it is locked firmly in place

7 Attach an end cap terminator (E) to the last module in the system by using the tongue-and-groove slots as before

8 Lock the end cap bus terminator (F)

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

F

E

D

C

B

B

A

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 11

Mount the SystemMaintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways and adjacent equipment Allow 50 mm (2 in) of space on all sides as shown This provides ventilation and electrical isolation Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

IMPORTANT When mounting the CompactLogix system either use screws to panel mount system or use DIN rail Do not use both Use of both mounting methods may cause hardware damage and cause the system to fail

ATTENTION During panel or DIN rail mounting of all devices be sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized

Side

Top

Com

pact

Logi

x Co

ntro

ller

Pow

er S

uppl

y

End

Cap

50 (197)

50 (197)

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

50 (197)

Bottom

Side

50 (197)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 9: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 9

2 Insert the industrial CompactFlash card into the socket on the front of the controller noting that the label of the CompactFlash card faces toward the left

3 Match the orientation arrow on the card with the arrow on the front of the controller

4 To remove the CompactFlash card push the locking tab away from the CompactFlash card and pull the CompactFlash card from the socket

Assemble the SystemThe controller can be attached to an adjacent IO module or power supply before or after mounting

This procedure shows you how to install the controller in a CompactLogix system

1 Disconnect line power

WARNING The CompactLogix controller is not designed for removal and insertion under powerIf you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

10 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Check that the lever of the adjacent module (A) is in the unlocked (fully right) position

3 Use the upper and lower tongue-and-groove slots (B) to secure the modules together

4 Move the module back along the tongue-and-groove slots until the bus connectors line up with each other

5 Use your fingers or a small screwdriver to push the modulersquos bus lever back slightly to clear the positioning tab (C)

6 Move the modulersquos bus lever fully to the left (D) until it clicks being sure it is locked firmly in place

7 Attach an end cap terminator (E) to the last module in the system by using the tongue-and-groove slots as before

8 Lock the end cap bus terminator (F)

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

F

E

D

C

B

B

A

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 11

Mount the SystemMaintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways and adjacent equipment Allow 50 mm (2 in) of space on all sides as shown This provides ventilation and electrical isolation Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

IMPORTANT When mounting the CompactLogix system either use screws to panel mount system or use DIN rail Do not use both Use of both mounting methods may cause hardware damage and cause the system to fail

ATTENTION During panel or DIN rail mounting of all devices be sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized

Side

Top

Com

pact

Logi

x Co

ntro

ller

Pow

er S

uppl

y

End

Cap

50 (197)

50 (197)

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

50 (197)

Bottom

Side

50 (197)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 10: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

10 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Check that the lever of the adjacent module (A) is in the unlocked (fully right) position

3 Use the upper and lower tongue-and-groove slots (B) to secure the modules together

4 Move the module back along the tongue-and-groove slots until the bus connectors line up with each other

5 Use your fingers or a small screwdriver to push the modulersquos bus lever back slightly to clear the positioning tab (C)

6 Move the modulersquos bus lever fully to the left (D) until it clicks being sure it is locked firmly in place

7 Attach an end cap terminator (E) to the last module in the system by using the tongue-and-groove slots as before

8 Lock the end cap bus terminator (F)

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

F

E

D

C

B

B

A

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 11

Mount the SystemMaintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways and adjacent equipment Allow 50 mm (2 in) of space on all sides as shown This provides ventilation and electrical isolation Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

IMPORTANT When mounting the CompactLogix system either use screws to panel mount system or use DIN rail Do not use both Use of both mounting methods may cause hardware damage and cause the system to fail

ATTENTION During panel or DIN rail mounting of all devices be sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized

Side

Top

Com

pact

Logi

x Co

ntro

ller

Pow

er S

uppl

y

End

Cap

50 (197)

50 (197)

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

50 (197)

Bottom

Side

50 (197)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 11: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 11

Mount the SystemMaintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways and adjacent equipment Allow 50 mm (2 in) of space on all sides as shown This provides ventilation and electrical isolation Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure

ATTENTION When attaching the controller power supply and IO modules make sure the bus connectors are securely locked together to be sure of proper electrical connection

IMPORTANT When mounting the CompactLogix system either use screws to panel mount system or use DIN rail Do not use both Use of both mounting methods may cause hardware damage and cause the system to fail

ATTENTION During panel or DIN rail mounting of all devices be sure that all debris (such as metal chips or wire strands) is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized

Side

Top

Com

pact

Logi

x Co

ntro

ller

Pow

er S

uppl

y

End

Cap

50 (197)

50 (197)

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

Com

pact

IO

Mod

ule

50 (197)

Bottom

Side

50 (197)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 12: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

12 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Product Dimensions

Dimensions are in mm (in) in the figure Hole spacing tolerance is + 04 mm (0016 in)

IMPORTANT Compact IO expansion cables have the same dimensions as the end caps Expansion cables can be used on either the right or left end A 1769-ECR right end cap or 1769-ECL left end cap terminates the end of the communication bus

525 (207)

118 (465)

35 (138)

35 (138)

35 (138)

132 (520)

15 (59)

525 (206)

675 (268)

70 (276)

35 (138)

35 (138)

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 13: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 13

Panel Mounting

Mount the controller to a panel by using two screws per module Use M4 or 8 panhead screws Mounting screws are required on every module

This procedure lets you use the assembled modules as a template for drilling holes in the panel Due to module mounting hole tolerance it is important to follow these procedures

1 On a clean work surface assemble no more than three modules

2 Using the assembled modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module-mounting holes on the panel

3 Return the assembled modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules

4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the recommended M4 or 8 screw

5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment

IMPORTANT The grounding tab located where you install the mounting screws enables the module to be grounded when it is panel-mounted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 14: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

14 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

6 Attach the modules to the panel by using the mounting screws

7 Repeat steps 16 for any remaining modules

DIN Rail Mounting

The controller can be mounted on the following DIN rails

bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 75 mm (138 x 030 in)bull EN 50 022 - 35 x 15 mm (138 x 059 in)

Before mounting the controller on a DIN rail close the DIN rail latches Press the DIN rail mounting area of the controller against the DIN rail The latches will momentarily open and lock into place

This product is intended to be mounted to a well-grounded mounting surface such as a metal panel Additional grounding connections from the controllerrsquos grounding tab or DIN rail (if used) are not required unless the mounting surface cannot be grounded

Refer to Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 for additional information

IMPORTANT If mounting more modules mount only the last one of this group and put the others aside This reduces remounting time when you are drilling and tapping the next group of modules

ATTENTION This product is grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow-chromate steel DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials (for example aluminum or plastic) that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding Secure DIN rail to mounting surface approximately every 200 mm (78 in) and use end-anchors appropriately

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 15: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 15

Make RS-232 Connections to the ControllerConnect the 9-pin female end of the serial cable to the serial port of the controller

Follow this procedure to connect to the serial port

1 Determine whether you need an optical isolator

Channel 0 is fully isolated and does not need a separate isolation device Channel 1 is nonisolated If you connect channel 1 to a device outside of the systemrsquos enclosure consider installing an isolator (such as the 1761-NET-AIC interface converter) between the controller and device

WARNING If you connect or disconnect the serial cable with power applied to this module or the serial device on the other end of the cable an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installationsBe sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 16: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

16 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

2 Select the appropriate cableIsolator Use Cable

No The 1756-CP3 cable attaches the controller directly to the controller

If you make your own cable it must be shielded and the shields must be tied to the metal shell surrounding the pins on the ends of the cableYou can also use a 1747-CP3 cable This cable has a taller right-angle connector housing than the 1756-CP3 cable

Port 1 DB-9 RS-232 DTE

Communication Rate Selector Switch

Port 2 Mini-DIN 8 RS-232

DC Power Source Selector Switch

Terminals for External 24V DC Power Supply

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

2 RDX

3 TXD

4 DTR

COMMON

6 DSR

7 RTS

8 CTS

9

1 CD

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 17: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 17

Default Serial Configuration

Channel 0 and Channel 1 (both serial ports) have the following default communication configuration

Yes The 1761-CBL-AP00 cable (right-angle connector to controller) or the 1761-CBL-PM02 cable (straight connector to the controller) attaches the controller to port 2 on the 1761-NET-AIC isolator The mini-DIN connector is not commercially available so you cannot make this cable

Parameter Default

Protocol DF1 Full-duplex

Communication Rate 192 Kbps

Parity None

Station Address 0

Control Lines No Handshaking

Error Detection BCC

Embedded Responses Auto Detect

Isolator Use Cable

DB-9 Right-angle or Straight Cable End 8-pin Mini-DIN Cable End

Pin DB-9 End Mini-DIN End

1 DCD DCD

2 RxD RxD

3 TxD TxD

4 DTR DTR

5 Ground Ground

6 DSR DSR

7 RTS RTS

8 CTS CTS

9 NA NA

1 2

34

5

6 7867

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 18: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

18 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the Channel 0 Default Communication Push Button

The Channel 0 default communication push button is located on the front of the controller in the lower right corner as shown in the illustration Use the Channel 0 default communication push button to change from the user-defined communication configuration to the default Communication mode The Channel 0 default communication (DCH0) status indicator turns on (green steady) to indicate that the default communication configuration is active

Duplicate Packet (Message) Detect Enabled

ACK Timeout 50 (x 20 ms)

NAK Receive Limit 3 Retries

ENQ Transmit Limit 3 Retries

Data Bits 8

Stop Bits 1

IMPORTANT Only Channel 0 has a default communication push button

IMPORTANT The default communication push button is recessed Before pressing the default communication push button be sure to note the present communication configuration for Channel 0 Pushing the default communication push button resets all configured parameters back to their default settingsTo return the channel to its user-configured parameters you must enter them manually while online with the controller or download them as part of an RSLogix 5000 software project file To do this online with RSLogix 5000 software access the Controller Properties dialog box and enter parameters on the Serial Port System Protocol and User Protocol tabs

Parameter Default

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 19: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 19

Install the Appropriate EDS FilesIf you have RSLinx software version 242 or later the most current EDS files were installed with the software If you are using an earlier version of RSLinx software you might need to install EDS files

You need EDS files for these devices

bull 1769-L31 controllerbull 1769 CompactBusbull 1769 local adapter

All of these EDS files except for the 1769 CompactBus file are updated for each firmware revision There is also a revision 1 of the controller EDS file that you need for new controllers Each controller ships with revision 1 firmware In order to update the firmware you must have the revision 1 EDS file (0001000E00410100eds) installed for the controller

The EDS files are available on the RSLogix 5000 Enterprise Series software CD The files are also available at httpwwwabcomnetworkseds

Load the Controller Firmware

The controller ships without working firmware You must download the current firmware before you can use the controller

To load firmware you can use the following

bull ControlFlash utility that ships with RSLogix 5000 programming software

bull AutoFlash utility that launches through RSLogix 5000 software when you try to open or create a project and the controller does not have the current firmware

bull CompactFlash card (catalog number 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128) with valid memory already loaded

If you use the ControlFlash or AutoFlash utilities you need a serial connection to the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 20: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

20 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

The firmware is available with RSLogix 5000 software or you can download it from the support website at httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Follow these steps to download firmware from the support website

1 In the left column (frame) click Technical Support

2 Click Firmware Updates

3 Select the firmware revision

4 Enter the serial number of your RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 21: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 21

Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the ControlFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Start the ControlFlash utility

3 From the Welcome dialog box click Next

4 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

5 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

6 Choose the controller and click OK7 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller

and click Next

8 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

9 Click OK

10 To close the ControlFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 22: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

22 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware

You can use the AutoFlash utility to load firmware through a serial connection

1 Make sure the appropriate network connection is made before starting

2 Use RSLogix 5000 programming software to create a controller project

This automatically launches the AutoFlash utility

3 Choose the catalog number of the controller and click Next

4 Expand the network until you see the controller

If the required network is not shown configure a driver for the network in RSLinx software

5 Choose the controller and click OK

6 Choose the revision level to which you want to update the controller and click Next

7 To start the update of the controller click Finish and Yes

After the controller is updated the status dialog box displays Update complete

8 Click OK

9 To close the AutoFlash utility click Cancel and Yes

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 23: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 23

Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware

If you have an existing controller that is already configured and has firmware loaded you can store the current controller user program and firmware on the CompactFlash card and use that card to update other controllers

1 Use RSLogix 5000 software to store the controller user program and firmware of a currently configured controller to the CompactFlash card

2 From the Controller Properties dialog box click the Nonvolatile Memory tab

3 Click Load Image On Powerup when you save to the card

4 Remove the card and insert it into a controller that will use the same firmware and controller user program

When you apply power to the second controller the image stored on the CompactFlash card is loaded into the controller

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 24: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

24 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Select the Controllerrsquos Operating ModeUse the keyswitch on the front panel of the controller to determine the controllerrsquos operating mode

Keyswitch Position

Description

RUN bullUpload projects

bullRun the program and enable outputs

bullYou cannot create or delete tasks programs or routines You cannot create or delete tags or edit online while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

bullYou cannot change the mode by using the programming software while the keyswitch is in the RUN position

PROG bullDisable outputs

bullUploaddownload projects

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

bullYou cannot change the mode through the programming software while the keyswitch is in the PROG position

REM bullUploaddownload projects

bullChange between Remote Program Remote Test and Remote Run modes through the programming software

Remote Run bullThe controller executes (scans) tasks

bullEnable outputs

bullEdit online

Remote Program bullDisable outputs

bullCreate modify and delete tasks programs or routines

bullDownload projects

bullEdit online

bullThe controller does not execute (scan) tasks

Remote Test bullExecute tasks with outputs disabled

bullEdit online

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 25: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 25

Controller Status IndicatorsIndicator Status Description

RUN Off The controller is in Program or Test mode

Solid green The controller is in RUN mode

FORCE Off No tags contain IO force valuesIO forces are inactive (disabled)

Solid amber IO forces are active (enabled)IO force values may or may not exist

Flashing amber One or more input or output addresses have been forced to an On or Off state but the forces have not been enabled

BAT Off The battery supports memory

Solid red Either the battery isbull not installedbull 95 discharged and should be replaced

IO Off Eitherbull there are no devices in the IO configuration of the controllerbull the controller does not contain a project (controller memory is

empty)

Solid green The controller is communicating with all the devices in its IO configuration

Flashing green One or more devices in the IO configuration of the controller are not responding

Flashing red The controller is not communicating to any devicesThe controller is faulted

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 26: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

26 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

OK Off No power is applied

Flashing red If the controller is new the controller requires a firmware updateIf the controller is not new a major fault occurred To clear the fault either

bull turn the keyswitch from Prog to RUN to PROG

bull go online with RSLogix 5000 software

Solid red The controller detected a nonrecoverable fault so it cleared the project from memory Follow these steps to recover

1 Cycle power to the chassis2 Download the project3 Change to RUN mode

If the OK status indicator remains solid red contact your Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor

Solid green Controller is OK

Flashing green The controller is storing or loading a project to or from nonvolatile memory

Indicator Status Description

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 27: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 27

RS-232 Serial Port Status Indicators (Channel 0 and 1)

CompactFlash Card Status Indicator

Indicator Status Description

DCH0 Off Channel 0 is configured differently than the default serial configuration

Solid green Channel 0 has the default serial configuration

CH0 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

CH1 Off No RS-232 activity

Flashing green RS-232 activity

ATTENTION Do not remove the CompactFlash card while the controller is reading from or writing to the card as indicated by a flashing green CF status indicator This could corrupt the data on the card or in the controller as well as corrupt the latest firmware in the controller

Indicator Status Description

CF Off No activity

Flashing green The controller is reading from or writing to the CompactFlash card

Flashing red CompactFlash card does not have a valid file system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 28: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

28 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Specifications

CompactLogix Controller - 1769-L31

Attribute Value

Communication ports CH0 - RS-232 CH1 - RS-232RS-232 RS-232 DF1 DH-485 ASCII DF1 DH-485 fully isolated nonisolated 384 Kbps max 384 Kbps max

User memory 512 KB

Nonvolatile memory 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 CompactFlash card

Number of IO modules max 16 IO modules

Number of IO banks max 3 banks

Backplane current 330 mA at 5V DC 40 mA at 24V DC

Power dissipation 261 W

Power supply distance rating 4 (The controller must be within four slot positions of the power supply)

North American temp code T5

Battery 1769-BA

Weight approx 030 kg (066 lb)

Programming cable 1747-CP3 or 1756-CP3

Panel mounting screw torque(using M4 or 8 screws)

1118 Nbullm (1016 lbbullin)

Enclosure type rating None (open style)

Wiring category 2 on communication ports(1)

(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing See Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Isolation voltage 30V (continuous) Basic Insulation TypeType tested at 710V DC for 60 s RS232 channel 0 to systemNo isolation between RS232 channel 1 and system

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 29: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 29

Environmental Specifications

Attribute Value

Operational TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)

060 degC (32 140 degF)

Storage TemperatureIEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold) IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat) IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Unpackaged Thermal Shock)

-4085 degC (-40 185 degF)

Relative HumidityIEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Unpackaged Damp Heat)

595 noncondensing

VibrationIEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)

5 g 10500 Hz

ShockIEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)

DIN rail mountPanel mount

Operating 20 g Nonoperating 30 gOperating 30 g Nonoperating 40 g

Emissions - CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A

ESD Immunity - IEC61000-4-2 4 kV contact discharges 8 kV air discharges

Radiated RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-3 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 802000 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 900 MHz

10Vm with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100AM at 1890 MHz

EFTB Immunity - IEC 61000-4-4 +2 kV at 5 kHz on communication ports

Surge Transient Immunity - IEC61000-4-5 Channel 0 plusmn2 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Channel 1 plusmn1 kV line-earth (CM) on shielded communication ports

Conducted RF Immunity - IEC61000-4-6 10V rms with 1kHz sine-wave 80 AM from 150 kHz80 MHz

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 30: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

30 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Certifications

Certifications(1) (when product is marked)

Value

c-UL-us UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584

UL Listed for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations certified for US and Canada See UL File E194810

CE European Union 2004108EC EMC Directive compliant withbull EN 61326-1 MeasControlLab Industrial Requirements

bull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunity

bull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial Emissions

bull EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers (Clause 8 Zone A amp B)

C-Tick Australian Radio Communications Act compliant withbull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions

(1) See the Product Certification link at httpwwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 31: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller 31

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

CompactLogix System User Manual publication 1769-UM011

Describes planning mounting wiring and troubleshooting your CompactLogix system

Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001

Describes developing projects for Logix5000 controllers

Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM003

Describes programming the controller for sequential applications

Logix5000 Controllers Process Control and Drives Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756-RM006

Describes programming the controller for process or drives applications

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides information on grounding and wiring Allen-Bradley programmable controllers

National Electrical Code - Published by the National Fire Protection Association of Boston MA

Describes wire sizes and types for grounding electrical equipment

Product Certifications website httpwwwabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 32: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Allen-Bradley Compact IO ControlFlash CompactLogix Logix5000 RSLinx RSLogix 5000 Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

United States 14406463434 Monday ndash Friday 8 am ndash 5 pm EST

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

Publication 1769-IN069C-EN-P - May 2008 PN -26300Supersedes Publication 1769-IN069B-EN-P - June2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

  • 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller Installation Instructions
  • Important User Information
  • Environment and Enclosure Information
  • Prevent Electrostatic Discharge
  • North American Hazardous Location Approval
  • Before You Begin
  • Connect the 1769-BA Battery
  • Install a 1784-CF64 or 1784-CF128 Industrial CompactFlash Card (optional)
  • Assemble the System
  • Mount the System
  • Product Dimensions
  • Make RS-232 Connections to the Controller
  • Install the Appropriate EDS Files
  • Load the Controller Firmware
  • Using the ControlFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using the AutoFlash Utility to Load Firmware
  • Using a CompactFlash Card to Load Firmware
  • Select the Controllerrsquos Operating Mode
  • Specifications
  • Additional Resources
  • Back Cover
    • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy OK CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJDFFile false CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true Arial-BoldMT Helvetica Helvetica-Bold HelveticaNeue-BoldCond HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT TimesNewRomanPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

      Intro

      ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

      Generic pub print specs

      ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
      ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

      IN RN pub type specs

      UM RM PM pub type specs

      AP PP pub type specs

      BR pub type specs

      Field definitions

      ampL04032006ampRampP
      PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
      EA = Each
      PK = Pack
      PD = Pad
      RL = Roll
      BK = Book
      CT = Carton
      BX = Box
      ST = Set
      Multiple Order Qty
      Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
      Business Group
      The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
      CorporateBusiness Development
      Finance
      Human Resources
      IT
      Logistics
      Manufacturing
      Marketing Commercial
      Marketing Europe
      Marketing Other
      Operations
      Order Services
      Other
      Process Improvement
      Procurement
      Quality
      Sales
      Max Order Quantity
      Presale items = 100
      Postsale items = 5
      NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
      Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
      Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
      Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
      BindingStitching
      For a Form (F) use
      CARBONLESS
      CUTSHEET
      ENVELOPE
      For a Book (B) use
      LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
      PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
      PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
      SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
      STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
      STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
      STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
      THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
      THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
      Sides Printed
      Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
      Simplex = Single-sided printing
      Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
      Number of Forms to a Sheet
      Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
      Number of Sheets Required to Print
      Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
      Paper Stock Type
      Description
      PLAIN Bond
      ACNTCVR Accent Cover
      BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
      BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
      C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
      C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
      C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
      C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
      CARD Card Stock
      CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
      CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
      COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
      CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
      CUSTOM Custom
      CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
      ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
      ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
      ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
      GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
      GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
      HOTSTEXT Hots Text
      INDEX Index
      LABEL80 80 Up Label
      MICROPRT Micro Print
      OFFSET Offset
      PART2 2 Part
      PART3 3 Part
      PART4 4 Part
      PART5 5 Part
      PART6 6 Part
      PERF 12 inch Perfed
      PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
      PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
      PREPERF Pre-Perforated
      RECYL Recycled
      SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
      SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
      SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
      TAG Tag
      TEXT Text
      TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
      TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
      TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
      TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
      VELLUM Vellum
      VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
      WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
      WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
      WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
      Paper Stock Color
      Black
      Blue
      Buff
      Canary
      Cherry
      Clear
      Cream
      Custom
      Goldrenrod
      Gray
      Green
      Ivory
      Lavender
      Manilla
      NCRPinkCanary
      NCRWhiteBlue
      NCRWhiteBlueCanary
      NCRWhiteCanary
      NCRWhiteCanaryPink
      NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
      NCRWhiteGreen
      NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
      NCRWhitePink
      NCRWhiteWhite
      Opaque
      Orange
      Orchid
      Peach
      Pink
      Purple
      Salmon
      Tan
      Violet
      White
      Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
      11 x 17
      18 x 24 Poster
      24 x 36 Poster
      3 x 5
      36 x 24 Poster
      4 x 6
      475 x 7
      475 x 775
      55 x 85
      6 x 4
      7 x 9
      7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
      85 x 11
      825 x 10875
      825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
      8375 x 10875
      9 x 12
      A4
      A5
      Other - Custom size listed below
      Drilling Locations
      1CENTER
      1LEFTTOP
      1TOPCENTER
      2LEFT
      2LEFT2TOP
      2TOP
      2TOP2LEFT
      2TOP3LEFT
      2TOP5LEFT
      2TOP5RIGHT
      3BOTTOM
      3LEFT
      3LEFT2TOP
      3LEFT3TOP
      3RIGHT
      3TOP
      3TOP5LEFT
      5BOTTOOM
      5CENTER
      5LEFT
      5RIGHT
      5RIGHT2TOP
      5TOP
      Fold Type
      For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
      HALF Half
      C C Fold
      DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
      OFFSETZ Offset Z
      SAMPLE See Sample
      SHORT Short Fold
      V V Fold
      Z Z Fold
      Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
      Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
      77 or more pages NA
      33 to 76 pages 25
      3 to 32 pages 50
      1 or 2 pages 100
      Comments
      CoverText Stock Spine
      100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
      100 Gloss Text
      100 Text
      10pt C1S Cover
      10pt C2S Cover
      10pt C2S Text
      10pt Text Stock
      110 White Index
      12pt C1S Cover
      20 White Opaque Bond
      50 Colored Offset
      50 White Offset
      50 White Opaque
      60 Cover Stock
      60 White Offset
      80 Gloss Cover
      80 Gloss Text
      8pt C1S White
      90 White Index
      CoverText Ink
      Black
      Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color
      4 color over black
      4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
      4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
      4 color + aqueous
      4 color + varnish
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
      1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
      Corp 17501
      Bill To 69
      dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
      Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
      Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
      See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
      Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
      This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
      Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
      Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
      IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
      Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
      Attach Print Specs to PDF
      For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
      RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 33: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Intro

ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

Generic pub print specs

ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
Corp 17501
Bill To 69
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
Attach Print Specs to PDF
For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 34: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Generic pub print specs

ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
Corp 17501
Bill To 69
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
Page 35: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
1769-IN069C-EN-P 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 42508 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD 32 32 32 PLAIN 20 White NA 475 x 7 475 x 7 SIDE NA NA HALF 50 Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black PN-26300
Page 36: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
Page 37: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
Page 38: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
Page 39: 1769-L31 CompactLogix Controller

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish